blob: b759bb50dbeb95ace48348a2bb6f98dd0f610bce [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000040#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000041#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000042#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000045#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000046#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000047#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000048#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000049#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
50#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000052#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000054#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
56#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000057
58#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
59// We only use this for a debug check in C++11
60#include <random>
61#endif
62
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000063using namespace llvm;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000064using namespace llvm::sroa;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000066#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
67
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000068STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000070STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
71STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
72STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000073STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
74STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000075STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000076STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
77STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000078
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000079/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
80/// instability in their order.
81static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
82 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
83
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000084/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
85/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000086static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
87 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000088
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000089namespace {
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +000090/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names, but only in
91/// Assert builds.
92class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<true> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000093 std::string Prefix;
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +000094 const Twine getNameWithPrefix(const Twine &Name) const {
95 return Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name;
96 }
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000097
98public:
99 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
100
101protected:
102 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
103 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +0000104 IRBuilderDefaultInserter<true>::InsertHelper(I, getNameWithPrefix(Name), BB,
105 InsertPt);
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000106 }
107};
108
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000109/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +0000110using IRBuilderTy =
111 llvm::IRBuilder<true, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter>;
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000112}
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000113
114namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000115/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000116///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000117/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
118/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
119/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
120/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
121class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000122 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
123 uint64_t BeginOffset;
124
125 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
126 uint64_t EndOffset;
127
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000128 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000129 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000130 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000131
132public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000133 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
134 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000135 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000136 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000137
138 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
139 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
140
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000141 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
142 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000143
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000144 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000145
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000146 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
147 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000148
149 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
150 ///
151 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
152 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
153 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
154 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000155 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000156 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
157 return true;
158 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
159 return false;
160 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
161 return !isSplittable();
162 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
163 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000164 return false;
165 }
166
167 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000168 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000169 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
170 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000171 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000172 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000173 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000174 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000175 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000176
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000177 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000178 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
179 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000180 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000181 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000182};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000183} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000184
185namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000186template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000187template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000188}
189
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000190/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000191///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000192/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
193/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
194/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
195/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
196/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000197class llvm::sroa::AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000198public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000199 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
200 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000201
202 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
203 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000204 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000205 /// ignored.
206 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
207
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000208 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000209 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000210 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000211 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000212 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
213 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000214
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000215 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000216 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000217 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
218 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000219 /// @}
220
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000221 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000222 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000223
224 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
225 ///
226 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
227 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
228 /// hold.
229 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
230 int OldSize = Slices.size();
Benjamin Kramer4f6ac162015-02-28 10:11:12 +0000231 Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000232 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
233 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
234 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
235 }
236
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000237 // Forward declare the iterator and range accessor for walking the
238 // partitions.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000239 class partition_iterator;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000240 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000241
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000242 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
243 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000244
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000245 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000246 ///
247 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
248 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
249 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
250 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000251 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000252
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000253#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000254 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000255 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
256 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000257 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
258 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000259 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000260 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
261 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000262#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000263
264private:
265 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000266 class SliceBuilder;
267 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000268
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000269#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000270 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
271 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000272#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000273
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000274 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
275 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000276 ///
277 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000278 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
279 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000280 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
281
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000282 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000283 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000284 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
285 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
286 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
287 /// details.
288 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000289
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000290 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
291 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000292 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
293 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
294 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
295 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000296 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
297
298 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
299 ///
300 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
301 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
302 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
303 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
304 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
305 /// the alloca.
306 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000307};
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000308
309/// \brief A partition of the slices.
310///
311/// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
312/// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
313/// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
314/// overlapping some part of the partition.
315///
316/// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
317/// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
318class llvm::sroa::Partition {
319private:
320 friend class AllocaSlices;
321 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
322
323 typedef AllocaSlices::iterator iterator;
324
325 /// \brief The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this
326 /// partition.
327 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
328
329 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
330 iterator SI, SJ;
331
332 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
333 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
334
335 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
336 /// the given iterator.
337 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
338
339public:
340 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
341 ///
342 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
343 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
344
345 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
346 ///
347 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
348 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
349
350 /// \brief The size of the partition.
351 ///
352 /// Note that this can never be zero.
353 uint64_t size() const {
354 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
355 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
356 }
357
358 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
359 /// a region occupied by split slices.
360 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
361
362 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
363 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
364 /// partition begin offset.
365 /// @{
366 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
367 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
368 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
369 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
370 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
371 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
372 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
373 /// @}
374
375 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
376 ///
377 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
378 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
379 /// partitions.
380 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
381};
382
383/// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
384///
385/// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
386/// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
387/// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
388/// current set of split slices.
389///
390/// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
391/// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
392class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator
393 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator, std::forward_iterator_tag,
394 Partition> {
395 friend class AllocaSlices;
396
397 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
398 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
399 Partition P;
400
401 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
402 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
403
404 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
405 /// FIXME: Do we really?
406 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
407
408 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
409 /// end iterator.
410 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
411 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
412 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
413 // partition.
414 if (SI != SE)
415 advance();
416 }
417
418 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
419 ///
420 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
421 void advance() {
422 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
423 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
424
425 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
426 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
427 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
428 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
429 P.SplitTails.clear();
430 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
431 } else {
432 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
433 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
434 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
435 P.SplitTails.erase(
436 std::remove_if(
437 P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
438 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
439 P.SplitTails.end());
440 assert(std::any_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
441 [&](Slice *S) {
442 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
443 }) &&
444 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
445 assert(std::all_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
446 [&](Slice *S) {
447 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
448 }) &&
449 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
450 }
451 }
452
453 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
454 // now have an end iterator.
455 if (P.SI == SE) {
456 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
457 return;
458 }
459
460 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
461 // subsequent partitions.
462 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
463 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
464 // partition into the split list.
465 for (Slice &S : P)
466 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
467 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
468 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
469 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
470 }
471
472 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
473 P.SI = P.SJ;
474
475 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
476 if (P.SI == SE) {
477 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
478 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
479 return;
480 }
481
482 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
483 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
484 // slices up until the next slice begins.
485 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
486 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
487 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
488 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
489 return;
490 }
491 }
492
493 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
494 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
495 // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
496 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
497 // at the prior end offset.
498 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
499 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
500 ++P.SJ;
501
502 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
503 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
504 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
505 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
506 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
507 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
508
509 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
510 // unsplittable slice.
511 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
512 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
513 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
514 ++P.SJ;
515 }
516
517 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
518 // partitions.
519 return;
520 }
521
522 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
523 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
524 // splices.
525 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
526
527 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
528 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
529 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
530 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
531 ++P.SJ;
532 }
533
534 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
535 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
536 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
537 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
538 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
539 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
540 }
541 }
542
543public:
544 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
545 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
546 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
547
548 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
549 // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
550 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
551 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
552 // slices.
553 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI && P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
554 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
555 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
556 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
557 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
558 "slice tails!");
559 return true;
560 }
561 return false;
562 }
563
564 partition_iterator &operator++() {
565 advance();
566 return *this;
567 }
568
569 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
570};
571
572/// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
573///
574/// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
575/// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
576/// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
577/// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
578/// slices.
579iterator_range<AllocaSlices::partition_iterator> AllocaSlices::partitions() {
580 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
581 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000582}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000583
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000584static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
585 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
586 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
587 // early on.
588 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000589 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000590 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000591 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000592
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000593 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000594}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000595
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000596/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
597static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
598 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
599 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
600 return PN->hasConstantValue();
601 }
602 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
603}
604
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000605/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000606///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000607/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
608/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
609class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
610 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
611 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
612 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000613
614 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000615 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000616
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000617 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000618 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
619
620 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
621 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000622
623public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000624 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000625 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000626 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000627
628private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000629 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000630 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000631 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000632 }
633
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000634 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000635 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000636 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
637 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000638 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000639 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000640 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
641 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000642 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000643 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000644 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000645 }
646
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000647 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
648 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000649
650 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
651 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000652 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
653 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
654 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
655 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000656 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
657 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000658 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
659 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000660 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000661 << " use: " << I << "\n");
662 EndOffset = AllocSize;
663 }
664
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000665 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000666 }
667
668 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
669 if (BC.use_empty())
670 return markAsDead(BC);
671
672 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
673 }
674
675 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
676 if (GEPI.use_empty())
677 return markAsDead(GEPI);
678
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000679 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
680 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
681 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
682 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
683 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
684 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
685 // by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
686 // size readily available.
687 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000688 const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000689 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
690 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
691 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
692 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
693 if (!OpC)
694 break;
695
696 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
697 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
698 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
699 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
700 GEPOffset +=
701 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
702 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000703 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
704 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000705 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
706 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
707 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
708 }
709
710 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
711 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
712 // delete it and all uses.
713 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
714 return markAsDead(GEPI);
715 }
716 }
717
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000718 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000719 }
720
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000721 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000722 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000723 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
724 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
725 // of bits" patterns.
726 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000727
728 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000729 }
730
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000731 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000732 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
733 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000734
735 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
736 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
737
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000738 const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000739 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
740 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000741 }
742
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000743 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000744 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
745 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000746 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
747 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
748 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000749
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000750 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000751 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
752
753 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
754 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
755 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
756 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
757 // risk of overflow.
758 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
759 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000760 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000761 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
762 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
763 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000764 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000765 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000766 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000767 }
768
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000769 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
770 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000771 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000772 }
773
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000774 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000775 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000776 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000777 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000778 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000779 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000780 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000781
782 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
783 return PI.setAborted(&II);
784
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000785 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
786 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000787 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000788 }
789
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000790 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000791 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000792 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000793 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000794 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000795
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000796 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
797 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
798 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
799 return;
800
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000801 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
802 return PI.setAborted(&II);
803
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000804 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
805 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
806 // if already added to our partitions.
807 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
808 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000809 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000810 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
811 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000812 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000813 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000814 return markAsDead(II);
815 }
816
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000817 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000818 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000819
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000820 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
821 // source and dest.
822 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
823 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
824 if (!II.isVolatile())
825 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000826
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000827 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000828 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000829
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000830 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
831 // they both point to the same alloca.
832 bool Inserted;
833 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000834 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000835 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000836 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
837 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000838 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000839
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000840 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
841 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000842 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
843 PrevP.kill();
844 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000845 }
846
847 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
848 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000849 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000850 }
851
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000852 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000853 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000854
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000855 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000856 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000857 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000858 }
859
860 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000861 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000862 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000863 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
864 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
865 return PI.setAborted(&II);
866
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000867 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
868 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
869 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000870 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
871 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000872 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000873 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000874 }
875
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000876 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000877 }
878
879 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
880 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000881 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000882 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
883 // size.
884 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
885 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
886 Visited.insert(Root);
887 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000888 const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000889 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
890 // a size zero access.
891 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000892 do {
893 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000894 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000895
896 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000897 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000898 continue;
899 }
900 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
901 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
902 if (Op == UsedI)
903 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000904 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000905 continue;
906 }
907
908 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
909 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
910 return GEP;
911 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
912 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
913 return I;
914 }
915
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000916 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000917 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000918 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000919 } while (!Uses.empty());
920
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000921 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000922 }
923
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000924 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
925 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
926 if (I.use_empty())
927 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000928
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000929 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
930 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
931 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
932 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
933 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
934 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
935 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
936 // "undef".
937 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000938 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000939 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000940 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
941 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000942 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000943 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
944 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000945 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000946
947 return;
948 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000949
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000950 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000951 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000952
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000953 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000954 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
955 if (!Size) {
956 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
957 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000958 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
959 }
960
961 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
962 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
963 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
964 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
965 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
966 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000967 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000968 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000969 return;
970 }
971
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000972 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
973 }
974
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000975 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000976
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000977 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000978
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000979 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000980 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000981};
982
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000983AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000984 :
985#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
986 AI(AI),
987#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000988 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000989 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000990 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000991 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
992 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000993 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000994 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
995 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
996 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000997 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000998 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000999
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001000 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +00001001 [](const Slice &S) {
1002 return S.isDead();
1003 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001004 Slices.end());
1005
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001006#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
1007 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1008 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1009 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1010 }
1011#endif
1012
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001013 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1014 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001015 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001016}
1017
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001018#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1019
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001020void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1021 StringRef Indent) const {
1022 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001023 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001024 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001025}
1026
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001027void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1028 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001029 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001030 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001031 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001032}
1033
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001034void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1035 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001036 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001037}
1038
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001039void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001040 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001041 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001042 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1043 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1044 return;
1045 }
1046
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001047 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001048 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001049 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001050}
1051
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001052LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1053 print(dbgs(), I);
1054}
1055LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001056
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001057#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1058
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001059/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1060/// sequence of slices.
1061static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1062 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001063 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001064 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001065 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001066 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001067
1068 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1069 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001070 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001071 Use *U = I->getUse();
1072 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1073 continue;
1074 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1075 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001076
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001077 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001078 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001079 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001080 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001081 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001082 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001083
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001084 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001085 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001086 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001087 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1088 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001089 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1090 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001091 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001092
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001093 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1094 // is no common type.
1095 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1096 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001097 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001098
1099 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1100 // depend on types skipped above.
1101 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1102 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1103 else
1104 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001105 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001106
1107 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001108}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001109
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001110/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1111/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1112/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1113/// From this:
1114/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1115/// %V = load i32* %P2
1116/// to:
1117/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1118/// ...
1119/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1120/// ...
1121/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1122///
1123/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1124/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1125///
1126/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1127/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001128static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001129 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1130 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1131 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1132 // TODO: Allow stores.
1133 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1134 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1135 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001136 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1137 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001138 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001139 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001140
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001141 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1142 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1143 // a PHI.
1144 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1145 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001146
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001147 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1148 // could store.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00001149 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI(PN); &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001150 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001151 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001152
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001153 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1154 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001155 }
1156
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001157 if (!HaveLoad)
1158 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001159
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001160 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1161 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1162 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1163 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1164 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1165 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001166
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001167 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1168 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1169 // in the predecessor.
1170 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1171 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001172
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001173 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1174 // critical.
1175 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1176 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001177
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001178 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1179 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1180 // block.
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001181 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, MaxAlign, TI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001182 continue;
1183
1184 return false;
1185 }
1186
1187 return true;
1188}
1189
1190static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1191 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1192
1193 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1194 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1195 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1196 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1197
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001198 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001199 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001200 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001201
1202 AAMDNodes AATags;
1203 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001204 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1205
1206 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1207 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001208 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001209 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1210 LI->eraseFromParent();
1211 }
1212
1213 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1214 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1215 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1216 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1217 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1218 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1219
1220 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1221 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1222 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1223 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001224 if (AATags)
1225 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001226 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1227 }
1228
1229 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1230 PN.eraseFromParent();
1231}
1232
1233/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1234/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1235/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1236/// From this:
1237/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1238/// %V = load i32* %P2
1239/// to:
1240/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1241/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1242/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1243///
1244/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1245/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001246static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001247 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1248 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001249
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001250 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1251 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001252 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001253 return false;
1254
1255 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1256 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1257 // accesses to it.
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001258 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI->getAlignment(), LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001259 return false;
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001260 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI->getAlignment(), LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001261 return false;
1262 }
1263
1264 return true;
1265}
1266
1267static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1268 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1269
1270 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1271 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1272 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1273 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1274 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001275 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001276 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1277
1278 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1279 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001280 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001281 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001282 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001283 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001284
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001285 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001286 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1287 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001288
1289 AAMDNodes Tags;
1290 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1291 if (Tags) {
1292 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1293 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001294 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001295
1296 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1297 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1298
1299 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1300 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1301 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001302 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001303 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001304}
1305
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001306/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1307///
1308/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1309/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001310static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001311 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001312 if (Indices.empty())
1313 return BasePtr;
1314
1315 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1316 // in that case.
1317 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1318 return BasePtr;
1319
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001320 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, BasePtr, Indices,
1321 NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001322}
1323
1324/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1325/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1326///
1327/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1328/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1329/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1330/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1331/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1332/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001333static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001334 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001335 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1336 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001337 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001338 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001339
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001340 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1341 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1342
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001343 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1344 // type.
1345 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1346 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1347 do {
1348 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1349 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001350
1351 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1352 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1353 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1354 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1355 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1356 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001357 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001358 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1359 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001360 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1361 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1362 } else {
1363 break;
1364 }
1365 ++NumLayers;
1366 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1367 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1368 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1369
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001370 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001371}
1372
1373/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1374///
1375/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1376/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001377static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001378 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1379 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001380 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1381 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001382 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001383 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1384 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001385
1386 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1387 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001388 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001389
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001390 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1391 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1392 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001393 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001394 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001395 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1396 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1397 return nullptr;
1398 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001399 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001400 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001401 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001402 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001403 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1404 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001405 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001406 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001407 }
1408
1409 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1410 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001411 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001412 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001413 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001414 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001415
1416 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1417 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001418 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001419 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001420 }
1421
1422 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1423 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001424 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001425
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001426 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001427 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001428 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001429 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001430 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1431 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1432 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001433 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001434 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001435
1436 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001437 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001438 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001439}
1440
1441/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1442/// resulting in a particular type.
1443///
1444/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1445/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1446/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1447/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1448/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1449///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001450/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001451static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001452 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001453 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1454 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001455 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1456
1457 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1458 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001459 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001460 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001461
1462 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001463 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001464 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001465 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001466 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001467 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001468 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001469
1470 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1471 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001472 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001473 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001474}
1475
1476/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1477/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1478///
1479/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1480/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1481/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1482/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1483/// bitcast to the type.
1484///
1485/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1486/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1487/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001488/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001489/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1490/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001491static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001492 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001493 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1494 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1495 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1496 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1497 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1498
1499 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1500 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001501 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001502 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001503 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001504
1505 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1506 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001507 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001508 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1509
1510 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1511
1512 do {
1513 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1514 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1515 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001516 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001517 break;
1518 Offset += GEPOffset;
1519 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001520 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001521 break;
1522 }
1523
1524 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1525 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001526 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001527 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001528 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1529 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1530 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1531 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1532 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1533 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1534 I->eraseFromParent();
1535 }
1536 OffsetPtr = P;
1537 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1538 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1539 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001540 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001541 }
1542
1543 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1544 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1545 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1546 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1547 }
1548
1549 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1550 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1551 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1552 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
1553 if (GA->mayBeOverridden())
1554 break;
1555 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1556 } else {
1557 break;
1558 }
1559 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001560 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001561
1562 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1563 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001564 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1565 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1566 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001567 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1568 }
1569
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001570 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1571 ? Int8Ptr
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001572 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Int8Ptr,
1573 IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001574 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001575 }
1576 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1577
1578 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1579 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001580 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001581
1582 return Ptr;
1583}
1584
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001585/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1586static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1587 const DataLayout &DL) {
1588 unsigned Alignment;
1589 Type *Ty;
1590 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1591 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1592 Ty = LI->getType();
1593 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1594 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1595 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1596 } else {
1597 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1598 }
1599
1600 if (!Alignment)
1601 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1602
1603 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1604}
1605
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001606/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1607///
1608/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1609/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1610/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1611/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1612static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1613 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1614 return true;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001615
1616 // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would
1617 // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness
1618 // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores.
1619 if (isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) {
1620 assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() !=
1621 cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() &&
1622 "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types");
1623 return false;
1624 }
1625
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001626 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1627 return false;
1628 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1629 return false;
1630
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001631 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001632 // of pointers and integers.
1633 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1634 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001635 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1636 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy())
1637 return true;
1638 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1639 return true;
1640 return false;
1641 }
1642
1643 return true;
1644}
1645
1646/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1647/// type.
1648///
1649/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1650/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1651/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001652static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001653 Type *NewTy) {
1654 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1655 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1656
1657 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001658 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001659
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001660 assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) &&
1661 "Integer types must be the exact same to convert.");
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001662
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001663 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1664 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1665 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1666 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1667 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1668 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1669 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1670 NewTy);
1671
1672 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1673 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1674 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1675 NewTy);
1676
1677 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1678 }
1679
1680 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1681 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1682 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1683 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1684 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1685 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1686 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1687 NewTy);
1688
1689 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1690 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1691 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1692 NewTy);
1693
1694 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1695 }
1696
1697 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001698}
1699
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001700/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001701///
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001702/// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001703/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001704static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(Partition &P, const Slice &S,
1705 VectorType *Ty,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001706 uint64_t ElementSize,
1707 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001708 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001709 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001710 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001711 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1712 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1713 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1714 return false;
1715 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001716 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001717 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1718 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1719 return false;
1720
1721 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1722 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001723 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1724 ? Ty->getElementType()
1725 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001726
1727 Type *SplitIntTy =
1728 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1729
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001730 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001731
1732 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1733 if (MI->isVolatile())
1734 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001735 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001736 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001737 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1738 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1739 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1740 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001741 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1742 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1743 return false;
1744 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1745 if (LI->isVolatile())
1746 return false;
1747 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001748 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001749 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1750 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1751 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001752 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001753 return false;
1754 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1755 if (SI->isVolatile())
1756 return false;
1757 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001758 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001759 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1760 STy = SplitIntTy;
1761 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001762 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001763 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001764 } else {
1765 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001766 }
1767
1768 return true;
1769}
1770
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001771/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
1772/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001773///
1774/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
1775/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
1776/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
1777/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
1778/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
1779/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001780static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001781 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
1782 // we have different element types.
1783 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
1784 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
1785 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
1786 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
1787 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1788 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
1789 if (!CommonEltTy)
1790 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1791 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
1792 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
1793 }
1794 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001795 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001796 for (const Slice &S : P)
1797 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
1798 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001799 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1800 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
1801 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1802 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
1803 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001804
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001805 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
1806 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1807 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001808
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001809 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
1810 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
1811 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
1812 // integer vector types.
1813 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
1814 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
1815 [](VectorType *VTy) {
1816 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
1817 }),
1818 CandidateTys.end());
1819
1820 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
1821 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1822 return nullptr;
1823
1824 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
1825 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
1826 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
1827 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
1828 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
1829 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1830 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1831 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1832 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1833 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
1834 };
1835 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
1836 CandidateTys.erase(
1837 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
1838 CandidateTys.end());
1839 } else {
1840// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
1841// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
1842#ifndef NDEBUG
1843 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
1844 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
1845 "Unaccounted for element type!");
1846 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
1847 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
1848 }
1849#endif
1850 CandidateTys.resize(1);
1851 }
1852
1853 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
1854 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
1855 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
1856
1857 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
1858 // that aren't byte sized.
1859 if (ElementSize % 8)
1860 return false;
1861 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
1862 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
1863 ElementSize /= 8;
1864
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001865 for (const Slice &S : P)
1866 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001867 return false;
1868
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00001869 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001870 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001871 return false;
1872
1873 return true;
1874 };
1875 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
1876 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
1877 return VTy;
1878
1879 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001880}
1881
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001882/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001883///
1884/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001885/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001886static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001887 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001888 Type *AllocaTy,
1889 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001890 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001891 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
1892
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001893 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
1894 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001895
1896 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001897 // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001898 if (RelEnd > Size)
1899 return false;
1900
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001901 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001902
1903 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1904 if (LI->isVolatile())
1905 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001906 // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory.
1907 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()) > Size)
1908 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001909 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1910 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1911 // vector widening instead.
1912 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001913 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1914 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001915 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001916 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001917 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001918 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001919 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
1920 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001921 return false;
1922 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001923 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1924 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1925 if (SI->isVolatile())
1926 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001927 // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory.
1928 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValueTy) > Size)
1929 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001930 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1931 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1932 // vector widening instead.
1933 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001934 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1935 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001936 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001937 return false;
1938 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001939 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001940 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
1941 // they are promotable.
1942 return false;
1943 }
1944 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1945 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
1946 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001947 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001948 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
1949 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1950 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1951 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1952 return false;
1953 } else {
1954 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001955 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001956
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001957 return true;
1958}
1959
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001960/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
1961/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001962///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001963/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
1964/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
1965/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001966static bool isIntegerWideningViable(Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001967 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001968 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00001969 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
1970 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
1971 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001972
1973 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001974 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001975 return false;
1976
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001977 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
1978 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
1979 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
1980 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001981 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
1982 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001983 return false;
1984
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001985 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
1986 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
1987 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00001988 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
1989 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001990 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
1991 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001992 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001993 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00001994
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001995 for (const Slice &S : P)
1996 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
1997 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00001998 return false;
1999
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002000 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002001 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2002 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002003 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002004
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002005 return WholeAllocaOp;
2006}
2007
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002008static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002009 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2010 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002011 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002012 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2013 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2014 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002015 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002016 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002017 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002018 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002019 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002020 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2021 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002022 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2023 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002024 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002025 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002026 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2027 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002028 return V;
2029}
2030
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002031static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002032 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2033 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2034 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2035 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2036 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002037 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2038 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002039 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002040 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2041 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002042 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2043 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002044 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002045 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002046 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002047 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002048 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002049 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2050 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002051
2052 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2053 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2054 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002055 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002056 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002057 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002058 }
2059 return V;
2060}
2061
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002062static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2063 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002064 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2065 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2066 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2067
2068 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2069 return V;
2070
2071 if (NumElements == 1) {
2072 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2073 Name + ".extract");
2074 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2075 return V;
2076 }
2077
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002078 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002079 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2080 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2081 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2082 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002083 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002084 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2085 return V;
2086}
2087
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002088static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002089 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2090 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2091 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2092
2093 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2094 if (!Ty) {
2095 // Single element to insert.
2096 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2097 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002098 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002099 return V;
2100 }
2101
2102 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2103 "Too many elements!");
2104 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2105 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2106 return V;
2107 }
2108 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2109
2110 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2111 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2112 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2113 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002114 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002115 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2116 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2117 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2118 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2119 else
2120 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2121 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002122 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002123 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002124
2125 Mask.clear();
2126 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002127 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2128
2129 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2130
2131 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002132 return V;
2133}
2134
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002135/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2136/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002137///
2138/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2139/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2140/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00002141class llvm::sroa::AllocaSliceRewriter
2142 : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002143 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002144 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2145 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002146
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002147 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002148 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002149 SROA &Pass;
2150 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2151 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002152 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002153
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002154 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2155 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2156 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2157 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2158 IntegerType *IntTy;
2159
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002160 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2161 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002162 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002163 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2164 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2165 // element.
2166 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2167 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2168 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2169 VectorType *VecTy;
2170 Type *ElementTy;
2171 uint64_t ElementSize;
2172
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002173 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2174 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002175 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002176 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2177 // original alloca.
2178 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2179
2180 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002181 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002182 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002183 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002184 Instruction *OldPtr;
2185
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002186 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2187 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2188 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002189
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002190 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2191 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2192 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002193
2194public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002195 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002196 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002197 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002198 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2199 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002200 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2201 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002202 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002203 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2204 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002205 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002206 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2207 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2208 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002209 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002210 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002211 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2212 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2213 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002214 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002215 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002216 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002217 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002218 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002219 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2220 ++NumVectorized;
2221 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002222 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002223 }
2224
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002225 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002226 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002227 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2228 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2229 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2230 IsSplit =
2231 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002232 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2233 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002234 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002235
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002236 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2237 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2238 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2239 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2240 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2241
2242 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2243
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002244 OldUse = I->getUse();
2245 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002246
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002247 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2248 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2249 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2250 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2251
2252 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2253 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002254 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002255 return CanSROA;
2256 }
2257
2258private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002259 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2260 using Base::visit;
2261
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002262 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2263 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2264 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2265 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2266 }
2267
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002268 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2269 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2270 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2271 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2272 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2273
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002274#ifndef NDEBUG
2275 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2276 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2277 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2278 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2279 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2280 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2281 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2282 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2283 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2284 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2285 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2286 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2287 // Strip the offset.
2288 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2289 }
2290 }
2291 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2292 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2293#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002294
2295 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2296 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002297#ifndef NDEBUG
2298 Twine(OldName) + "."
2299#else
2300 Twine()
2301#endif
2302 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002303 }
2304
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002305 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2306 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002307 ///
2308 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2309 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002310 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002311 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2312 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002313 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002314 unsigned Align =
2315 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002316 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002317 }
2318
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002319 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002320 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2321 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2322 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2323 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2324 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002325 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002326 }
2327
2328 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2329 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2330 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002331 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002332 }
2333
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002334 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002335 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2336 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002337 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002338
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002339 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002340 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002341 }
2342
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002343 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002344 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002345 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002346 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002347 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002348 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2349 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth4b682f62015-08-28 09:03:52 +00002350 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) {
2351 IntegerType *ExtractTy = Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
2352 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, ExtractTy, Offset, "extract");
2353 }
2354 // It is possible that the extracted type is not the load type. This
2355 // happens if there is a load past the end of the alloca, and as
2356 // a consequence the slice is narrower but still a candidate for integer
2357 // lowering. To handle this case, we just zero extend the extracted
2358 // integer.
2359 assert(cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() >= SliceSize * 8 &&
2360 "Can only handle an extract for an overly wide load");
2361 if (cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() > SliceSize * 8)
2362 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, LI.getType());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002363 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002364 }
2365
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002366 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2367 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2368 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2369 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002370
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002371 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002372 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002373 const bool IsLoadPastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(TargetTy) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002374 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2375 Value *V;
2376 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002377 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002378 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002379 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002380 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002381 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
2382 (canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, TargetTy) ||
2383 (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2384 TargetTy->isIntegerTy()))) {
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002385 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2386 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2387 if (LI.isVolatile())
2388 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002389 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002390
2391 // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the
2392 // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly
2393 // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness.
2394 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2395 if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TargetTy))
2396 if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) {
2397 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, TITy, "load.ext");
2398 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2399 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2400 "endian_shift");
2401 }
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002402 } else {
2403 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002404 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
2405 getSliceAlign(TargetTy),
2406 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2407 if (LI.isVolatile())
2408 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
2409
2410 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002411 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2412 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002413 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002414
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002415 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002416 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2417 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2418 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002419 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002420 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002421 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002422 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002423 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002424 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002425 IRB.SetInsertPoint(&*std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002426 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2427 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2428 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2429 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002430 Value *Placeholder =
2431 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002432 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2433 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002434 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2435 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002436 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002437 } else {
2438 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002439 }
2440
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002441 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002442 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002443 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2444 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002445 }
2446
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002447 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002448 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002449 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2450 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002451 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2452 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2453 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002454 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2455 ? ElementTy
2456 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002457 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2458 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002459
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002460 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002461 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002462 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2463 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002464 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002465 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002466
2467 (void)Store;
2468 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2469 return true;
2470 }
2471
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002472 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002473 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002474 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002475 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002476 Value *Old =
2477 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002478 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002479 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2480 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002481 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002482 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002483 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002484 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002485 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002486 (void)Store;
2487 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2488 return true;
2489 }
2490
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002491 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2492 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2493 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2494 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002495
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002496 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002497
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002498 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2499 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002500 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2501 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002502 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2503
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002504 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002505 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2506 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2507 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2508 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002509 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002510 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002511 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002512 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2513 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002514 }
2515
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002516 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002517 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002518 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002519 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002520
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002521 const bool IsStorePastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType()) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002522 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002523 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2524 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002525 (canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy) ||
2526 (IsStorePastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2527 V->getType()->isIntegerTy()))) {
2528 // If this is an integer store past the end of slice (and thus the bytes
2529 // past that point are irrelevant or this is unreachable), truncate the
2530 // value prior to storing.
2531 if (auto *VITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType()))
2532 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2533 if (VITy->getBitWidth() > AITy->getBitWidth()) {
2534 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2535 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, VITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2536 "endian_shift");
2537 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, AITy, "load.trunc");
2538 }
2539
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002540 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002541 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2542 SI.isVolatile());
2543 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002544 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002545 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2546 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002547 }
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002548 if (SI.isVolatile())
2549 NewSI->setAtomic(SI.getOrdering(), SI.getSynchScope());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002550 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002551 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002552
2553 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2554 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002555 }
2556
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002557 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2558 /// number of bytes.
2559 ///
2560 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2561 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002562 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002563 ///
2564 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2565 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002566 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002567 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2568 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2569 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2570 if (Size == 1)
2571 return V;
2572
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002573 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2574 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2575 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2576 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2577 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2578 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2579 SplatIntTy)),
2580 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002581 return V;
2582 }
2583
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002584 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002585 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2586 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002587 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2588 return V;
2589 }
2590
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002591 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2592 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002593 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2594
2595 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2596 // pointer to the new alloca.
2597 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002598 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002599 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002600 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002601 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2602 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002603
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002604 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2605 return false;
2606 }
2607
2608 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002609 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002610
2611 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2612 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2613
2614 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2615 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002616 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002617 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002618 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002619 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002620 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002621 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002622 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002623 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2624 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002625 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2626 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002627 (void)New;
2628 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2629 return false;
2630 }
2631
2632 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2633 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2634 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002635 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2636 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002637 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002638
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002639 if (VecTy) {
2640 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2641 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002642
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002643 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2644 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002645 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2646 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2647 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2648
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002649 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002650 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2651 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002652 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002653 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002654
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002655 Value *Old =
2656 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002657 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002658 } else if (IntTy) {
2659 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2660 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002661 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002662
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002663 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002664 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002665
2666 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2667 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002668 Value *Old =
2669 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002670 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002671 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002672 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002673 } else {
2674 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2675 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2676 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002677 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002678 } else {
2679 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002680 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2681 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002682
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002683 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002684 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002685 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002686
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002687 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002688 }
2689
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002690 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002691 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002692 (void)New;
2693 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2694 return !II.isVolatile();
2695 }
2696
2697 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2698 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2699 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2700
2701 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002702
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002703 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002704 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002705 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002706
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002707 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002708
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002709 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2710 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2711 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2712 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2713 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2714 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2715 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002716 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002717 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002718 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002719 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002720 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002721 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002722
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002723 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
2724 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2725 II.setAlignment(
2726 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002727 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002728
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002729 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002730 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002731 return false;
2732 }
2733 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2734 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2735 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2736 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2737 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2738
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002739 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2740 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002741 bool EmitMemCpy =
2742 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2743 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2744 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2745 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002746
2747 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2748 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2749 // a no-op.
2750 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002751 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002752 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002753
2754 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002755 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002756 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002757 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002758 return false;
2759 }
2760 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002761 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002762
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002763 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2764 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002765 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002766 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2767 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002768 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2769 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002770 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002771 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002772
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002773 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2774 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2775
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002776 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002777 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002778 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002779 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
2780 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002781
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002782 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002783 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2784 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002785 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002786 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002787
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002788 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002789 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002790 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002791
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002792 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
2793 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
2794 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002795 (void)New;
2796 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2797 return false;
2798 }
2799
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002800 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2801 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2802 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2803 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2804 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002805 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002806 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2807 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002808
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002809 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2810 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002811 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2812 if (NumElements == 1)
2813 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2814 else
2815 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2816
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002817 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002818 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002819 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2820 } else {
2821 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002822 }
2823
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002824 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002825 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002826 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002827 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002828 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
2829 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002830 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002831 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
2832 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002833
2834 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002835 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002836 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002837 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002838 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002839 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002840 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002841 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002842 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002843 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002844 Src =
2845 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002846 }
2847
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002848 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002849 Value *Old =
2850 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002851 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002852 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002853 Value *Old =
2854 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002855 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002856 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002857 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
2858 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002859 }
2860
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002861 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002862 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002863 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002864 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2865 return !II.isVolatile();
2866 }
2867
2868 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
2869 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
2870 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
2871 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002872 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
2873
2874 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002875 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002876
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002877 ConstantInt *Size =
2878 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002879 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002880 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002881 Value *New;
2882 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
2883 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
2884 else
2885 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
2886
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00002887 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002888 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2889 return true;
2890 }
2891
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002892 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
2893 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002894 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
2895 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002896
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002897 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
2898 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
2899 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
2900 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002901 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002902 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002903 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(&*OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002904 else
2905 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002906 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002907
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002908 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002909 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00002910 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002911
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002912 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
2913 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002914
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002915 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2916 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2917 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2918 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
2919 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002920 }
2921
2922 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
2923 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002924 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
2925 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002926 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
2927 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002928
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002929 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002930 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
2931 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
2932 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
2933 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
2934 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
2935
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002936 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002937 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002938
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002939 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2940 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2941 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2942 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
2943 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002944 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002945};
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002946
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002947namespace {
2948/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
2949///
2950/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
2951/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
2952/// with scalar loads and stores.
2953class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
2954 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
2955 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
2956
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002957 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
2958 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
2959
2960 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
2961 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
2962
2963 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
2964 /// value (as opposed to the user).
2965 Use *U;
2966
2967public:
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002968 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
2969 /// it.
2970 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
2971 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
2972 enqueueUsers(I);
2973 bool Changed = false;
2974 while (!Queue.empty()) {
2975 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
2976 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
2977 }
2978 return Changed;
2979 }
2980
2981private:
2982 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
2983 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
2984 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002985 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00002986 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002987 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002988 }
2989
2990 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
2991 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
2992
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00002993 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002994 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00002995 protected:
2996 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002997 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00002998 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
2999 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3000 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3001 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3002 /// within the aggregate.
3003 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3004 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3005 /// split operations.
3006 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003007
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003008 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3009 /// single zero GEP index.
3010 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003011 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003012
3013 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003014 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3015 ///
3016 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3017 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3018 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3019 ///
3020 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3021 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3022 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3023 ///
3024 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3025 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3026 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3027 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3028 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003029 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003030
3031 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3032 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3033 (void)OldSize;
3034 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3035 ++Idx) {
3036 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3037 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3038 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3039 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3040 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3041 Indices.pop_back();
3042 }
3043 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003044 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003045
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003046 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3047 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3048 (void)OldSize;
3049 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3050 ++Idx) {
3051 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3052 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3053 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3054 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3055 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3056 Indices.pop_back();
3057 }
3058 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003059 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003060
3061 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003062 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003063 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003064
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003065 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003066 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003067 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003068
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003069 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3070 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003071 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003072 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3073 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003074 Value *GEP =
3075 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003076 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003077 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3078 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3079 }
3080 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003081
3082 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3083 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3084 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3085 return false;
3086
3087 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3088 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003089 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003090 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003091 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003092 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3093 LI.eraseFromParent();
3094 return true;
3095 }
3096
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003097 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003098 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003099 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003100
3101 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3102 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003103 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003104 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3105 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
3106 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003107 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract"),
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003108 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep"));
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003109 (void)Store;
3110 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3111 }
3112 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003113
3114 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3115 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3116 return false;
3117 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3118 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3119 return false;
3120
3121 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3122 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003123 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3124 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003125 SI.eraseFromParent();
3126 return true;
3127 }
3128
3129 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3130 enqueueUsers(BC);
3131 return false;
3132 }
3133
3134 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3135 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3136 return false;
3137 }
3138
3139 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3140 enqueueUsers(PN);
3141 return false;
3142 }
3143
3144 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3145 enqueueUsers(SI);
3146 return false;
3147 }
3148};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00003149}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003150
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003151/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3152///
3153/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3154/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3155/// size or the allocated size.
3156static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3157 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3158 return Ty;
3159
3160 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3161 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3162
3163 Type *InnerTy;
3164 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3165 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3166 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3167 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3168 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3169 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3170 } else {
3171 return Ty;
3172 }
3173
3174 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3175 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3176 return Ty;
3177
3178 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3179}
3180
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003181/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3182/// offset and size.
3183///
3184/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3185/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003186/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3187/// and the same for structs.
3188///
3189/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3190/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3191/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3192/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3193/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003194static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3195 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003196 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3197 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3198 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3199 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003200 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003201
3202 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3203 // We can't partition pointers...
3204 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003205 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003206
3207 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003208 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003209 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003210 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003211 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003212 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003213 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003214 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003215 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003216 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003217 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3218
3219 // First check if we need to recurse.
3220 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3221 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3222 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003223 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003224 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003225 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003226 }
3227 assert(Offset == 0);
3228
3229 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003230 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003231 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3232 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3233 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003234 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003235 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3236 }
3237
3238 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3239 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003240 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003241
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003242 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003243 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003244 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003245 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3246 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003247 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003248
3249 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003250 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3251
3252 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003253 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003254 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003255 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003256
3257 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3258 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3259 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003260 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003261 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003262 }
3263 assert(Offset == 0);
3264
3265 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003266 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003267
3268 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3269 EE = STy->element_end();
3270 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3271 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3272 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003273 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003274
3275 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3276 // expected size.
3277 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3278 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3279 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003280 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003281
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003282 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003283 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3284 }
3285
3286 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003287 StructType *SubTy =
3288 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003289 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003290 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003291 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003292
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003293 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003294}
3295
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003296/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3297///
3298/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3299/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3300/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3301/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3302/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3303/// the following:
3304///
3305/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3306/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3307/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3308/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3309/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3310/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3311/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3312/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3313/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3314/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3315/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3316/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3317/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3318/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3319/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3320///
3321/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3322/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3323/// there all along.
3324///
3325/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3326bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3327 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3328
3329 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3330 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3331 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3332 // actually split.
3333 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3334 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3335
3336 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3337 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3338 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3339 // all the slices that end up split.
3340 struct SplitOffsets {
3341 Slice *S;
3342 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3343 };
3344 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3345
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003346 // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split.
3347 // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads!
3348 // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive
3349 // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from
3350 // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be
3351 // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas
3352 // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job
3353 // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have
3354 // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load
3355 // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but
3356 // maybe it would make it more principled?
3357 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads;
3358
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003359 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3360 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3361 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003362 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003363 if (!S.isSplittable() || S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) {
3364 // If this is a load we have to track that it can't participate in any
3365 // pre-splitting. If this is a store of a load we have to track that
3366 // that load also can't participate in any pre-splitting.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003367 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3368 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003369 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
3370 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand()))
3371 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003372 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003373 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003374 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3375 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3376
3377 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003378 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3379 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3380
3381 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3382 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3383 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3384 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3385 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3386 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3387 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3388 return false;
3389 }
3390 return true;
3391 };
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003392 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) {
3393 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003394 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003395 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003396
3397 Loads.push_back(LI);
Chandler Carruthd94a5962016-03-10 14:16:18 +00003398 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3399 if (S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3400 // Skip stores *of* pointers. FIXME: This shouldn't even be possible!
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003401 continue;
3402 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3403 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3404 continue;
3405 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003406
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003407 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003408 } else {
3409 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3410 continue;
3411 }
3412
3413 // Record the initial split.
3414 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3415 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3416 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3417 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3418 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003419 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003420 }
3421
3422 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3423 // we're going to pre-split.
3424 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3425 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3426 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3427 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3428 continue;
3429 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3430
3431 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3432 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3433 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003434 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3435 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003436 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3437
3438 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3439 // of the slice dictates that.
3440 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003441 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003442 }
3443 }
3444
3445 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3446 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3447 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3448 // any rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003449 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003450 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003451 [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003452 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3453 // offsets.
3454 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003455 // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done,
3456 // and this store can't be pre-split.
3457 if (UnsplittableLoads.count(LI))
3458 return true;
3459
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003460 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3461 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003462 return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003463 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003464
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003465 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3466 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003467
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003468 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3469 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3470 // don't need to remove them here.
3471 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3472 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003473
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003474 DEBUG(dbgs()
3475 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3476 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3477 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003478
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003479 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3480 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3481 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3482 // candidates.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003483 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003484 return true;
3485 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003486 Stores.end());
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003487 // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003488 // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is
3489 // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in
3490 // the earlier store either.
3491 Stores.erase(std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3492 [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) {
3493 auto *LI =
3494 cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3495 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3496 }),
3497 Stores.end());
3498 // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason,
3499 // filter any that made it into our list out.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003500 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003501 [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3502 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003503 }),
3504 Loads.end());
3505
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003506
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003507 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3508 // this alloca.
3509 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3510 return false;
3511
3512 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3513 // an IR builder.
3514 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3515
3516 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3517 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3518
3519 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3520 // on them.
3521 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3522
3523 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3524 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3525 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3526 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3527 //
3528 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3529 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3530 // them to the alloca slices.
3531 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3532 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003533 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003534 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3535 SplitLoads.clear();
3536
3537 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3538 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3539 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3540
3541 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3542 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3543 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3544 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3545 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3546 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3547
3548 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003549 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003550
3551 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3552
3553 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3554 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3555 for (;;) {
3556 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3557 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3558 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003559 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
3560 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003561 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003562 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003563 LI->getName());
3564
3565 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3566 // to rewrite the stores.
3567 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3568
3569 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003570 NewSlices.push_back(
3571 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3572 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003573 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003574 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3575 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3576 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003577
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003578 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3579 if (Idx >= Size)
3580 break;
3581
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003582 // Setup the next partition.
3583 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3584 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003585 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3586 }
3587
3588 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3589 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3590 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3591 bool DeferredStores = false;
3592 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3593 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3594 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3595 DeferredStores = true;
3596 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3597 continue;
3598 }
3599
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003600 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003601 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003602
3603 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3604
3605 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3606 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3607 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003608 auto *PartPtrTy =
3609 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003610
3611 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003612 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3613 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003614 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003615 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003616 (void)PStore;
3617 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3618 }
3619
3620 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3621 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3622 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3623 // promotable.
3624 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3625 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3626 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3627 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3628 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3629 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3630 }
3631
3632 // Mark the original store as dead.
3633 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3634 }
3635
3636 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3637 if (DeferredStores)
3638 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3639
3640 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3641 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3642 Offsets.S->kill();
3643 }
3644
3645 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3646 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3647 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3648 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3649 // them.
3650 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3651 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3652 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3653 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3654 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3655
3656 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3657 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3658 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3659 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3660 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3661 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3662
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003663 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003664 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3665
3666 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3667
3668 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3669 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3670 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3671 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3672 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3673 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3674 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3675 } else {
3676 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3677 }
3678
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003679 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3680 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3681 for (;;) {
3682 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3683 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3684
3685 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3686 LoadInst *PLoad;
3687 if (SplitLoads) {
3688 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3689 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003690 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003691 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003692 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
3693 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003694 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003695 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003696 LI->getName());
3697 }
3698
3699 // And store this partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003700 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003701 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003702 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3703 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003704 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003705 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003706
3707 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3708 NewSlices.push_back(
3709 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3710 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003711 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003712 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3713 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3714 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003715 if (!SplitLoads) {
3716 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3717 }
3718
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003719 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3720 if (Idx >= Size)
3721 break;
3722
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003723 // Setup the next partition.
3724 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3725 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003726 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3727 }
3728
3729 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3730 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3731 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3732 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3733 // promoted.
3734 if (!SplitLoads) {
3735 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3736 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3737 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3738 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3739 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3740 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3741 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3742 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3743 }
3744 }
3745
3746 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003747 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003748 // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003749 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3750 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
3751 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
3752 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
3753 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
3754 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3755 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
3756 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
3757 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3758 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003759 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3760 Offsets.S->kill();
3761 }
3762
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003763 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003764 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3765 return S.isDead();
3766 }), AS.end());
3767
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003768 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
3769 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003770 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3771
3772 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
3773#ifndef NDEBUG
3774 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
3775 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
3776#endif
3777
3778 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
3779 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
3780 PromotableAllocas.erase(
3781 std::remove_if(
3782 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
3783 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
3784 PromotableAllocas.end());
3785
3786 return true;
3787}
3788
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003789/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
3790///
3791/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
3792/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
3793/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
3794/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
3795/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
3796/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
3797/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
3798/// promoted.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003799AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00003800 Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003801 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
3802 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
3803 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003804 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003805 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003806 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003807 if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003808 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
3809 if (!SliceTy)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003810 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003811 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003812 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
3813 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
3814 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003815 DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003816 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003817 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003818 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003819 assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003820
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003821 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003822
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003823 VectorType *VecTy =
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003824 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003825 if (VecTy)
3826 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003827
3828 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
3829 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
3830 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00003831 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003832 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003833 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003834 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
3835 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003836 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003837 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
3838 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003839 // FIXME: return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003840 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003841 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
3842 if (!Alignment) {
3843 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
3844 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
3845 // type.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003846 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003847 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003848 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003849 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
3850 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003851 if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003852 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003853 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
3854 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
3855 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003856 ++NumNewAllocas;
3857 }
3858
3859 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003860 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
3861 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003862
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003863 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003864 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
3865 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003866 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003867 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003868 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
3869 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003870
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003871 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003872 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
3873 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003874 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00003875 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003876 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003877 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003878 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003879 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003880 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003881 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003882 }
3883
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003884 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
3885 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
3886 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003887
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003888 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
3889 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
3890 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
3891 E = PHIUsers.end();
3892 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003893 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003894 Promotable = false;
3895 PHIUsers.clear();
3896 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003897 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003898 }
3899 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
3900 E = SelectUsers.end();
3901 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003902 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003903 Promotable = false;
3904 PHIUsers.clear();
3905 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003906 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003907 }
3908
3909 if (Promotable) {
3910 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
3911 // Promote the alloca.
3912 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
3913 } else {
3914 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
3915 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
3916 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00003917 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
3918 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
3919 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
3920 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003921 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
3922 }
3923 } else {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003924 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
3925 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
3926 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003927 if (NewAI != &AI)
3928 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003929
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003930 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003931 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
3932 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003933 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003934
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003935 return NewAI;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003936}
3937
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003938/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
3939/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00003940bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3941 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003942 return false;
3943
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003944 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003945 bool Changed = false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003946 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003947
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003948 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003949 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
3950
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003951 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, mark any
3952 // splittable (non-whole-alloca) loads and stores as unsplittable. If we fail
3953 // to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them to be
3954 // rewritten into a partition.
3955 bool IsSorted = true;
3956 for (Slice &S : AS) {
3957 if (!S.isSplittable())
3958 continue;
3959 // FIXME: We currently leave whole-alloca splittable loads and stores. This
3960 // used to be the only splittable loads and stores and we need to be
3961 // confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
3962 // completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
3963 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003964 S.endOffset() >= DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003965 continue;
3966 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
3967 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
3968 S.makeUnsplittable();
3969 IsSorted = false;
3970 }
3971 }
3972 if (!IsSorted)
3973 std::sort(AS.begin(), AS.end());
3974
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003975 /// \brief Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition
3976 /// in order to migrate the debug info.
3977 struct Piece {
3978 AllocaInst *Alloca;
3979 uint64_t Offset;
3980 uint64_t Size;
3981 Piece(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S)
3982 : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {}
3983 };
3984 SmallVector<Piece, 4> Pieces;
3985
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003986 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003987 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003988 if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) {
3989 Changed = true;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00003990 if (NewAI != &AI) {
3991 uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003992 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00003993 // Don't include any padding.
3994 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
3995 Pieces.push_back(Piece(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
3996 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003997 }
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003998 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003999 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004000
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004001 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4002 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4003 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004004
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004005 // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004006 // and the individual partitions.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004007 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(&AI)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004008 auto *Var = DbgDecl->getVariable();
4009 auto *Expr = DbgDecl->getExpression();
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00004010 DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004011 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AI.getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004012 for (auto Piece : Pieces) {
4013 // Create a piece expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's
4014 // expression if there is only one partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004015 auto *PieceExpr = Expr;
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004016 if (Piece.Size < AllocaSize || Expr->isBitPiece()) {
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004017 // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate,
4018 // Piece.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004019 uint64_t Offset = Expr->isBitPiece() ? Expr->getBitPieceOffset() : 0;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004020 uint64_t Start = Offset + Piece.Offset;
4021 uint64_t Size = Piece.Size;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004022 if (Expr->isBitPiece()) {
4023 uint64_t AbsEnd = Expr->getBitPieceOffset() + Expr->getBitPieceSize();
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004024 if (Start >= AbsEnd)
4025 // No need to describe a SROAed padding.
4026 continue;
4027 Size = std::min(Size, AbsEnd - Start);
4028 }
4029 PieceExpr = DIB.createBitPieceExpression(Start, Size);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004030 } else {
4031 assert(Pieces.size() == 1 &&
4032 "partition is as large as original alloca");
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004033 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004034
4035 // Remove any existing dbg.declare intrinsic describing the same alloca.
4036 if (DbgDeclareInst *OldDDI = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(Piece.Alloca))
4037 OldDDI->eraseFromParent();
4038
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithcd1aecf2015-04-15 21:18:07 +00004039 DIB.insertDeclare(Piece.Alloca, Var, PieceExpr, DbgDecl->getDebugLoc(),
4040 &AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004041 }
4042 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004043 return Changed;
4044}
4045
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004046/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4047void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4048 Value *OldV = U;
4049 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4050 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4051
4052 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4053 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4054 // minimal.
4055 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4056 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4057 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4058 }
4059}
4060
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004061/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4062///
4063/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004064/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004065/// rewritten as needed.
4066bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4067 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4068 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4069
4070 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4071 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4072 AI.eraseFromParent();
4073 return true;
4074 }
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004075 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004076
4077 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4078 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004079 DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004080 return false;
4081
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004082 bool Changed = false;
4083
4084 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4085 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Benjamin Kramer6db33382015-10-15 15:08:58 +00004086 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004087 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4088
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004089 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004090 AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004091 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4092 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004093 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004094
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004095 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004096 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004097 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004098 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004099 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004100
4101 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004102 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004103
4104 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004105 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004106 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004107 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004108 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004109 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004110 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004111 }
4112
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004113 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004114 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004115 return Changed;
4116
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004117 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004118
4119 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4120 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4121 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4122
4123 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4124 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4125 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4126
4127 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004128}
4129
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004130/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4131///
4132/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4133/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4134/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4135/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4136///
4137/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4138/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004139void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4140 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004141 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4142 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4143 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4144
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004145 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4146
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004147 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4148 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004149 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004150 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004151 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004152 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004153 }
4154
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004155 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004156 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004157 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(AI))
4158 DbgDecl->eraseFromParent();
4159 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004160
4161 ++NumDeleted;
4162 I->eraseFromParent();
4163 }
4164}
4165
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004166/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4167///
4168/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4169/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004170/// This function returns whether any promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004171bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4172 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4173 return false;
4174
4175 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4176
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004177 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
4178 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004179 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4180 return true;
4181}
4182
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004183PreservedAnalyses SROA::runImpl(Function &F, DominatorTree &RunDT,
4184 AssumptionCache &RunAC) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004185 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4186 C = &F.getContext();
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004187 DT = &RunDT;
4188 AC = &RunAC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004189
4190 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004191 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004192 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004193 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4194 Worklist.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004195 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004196
4197 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004198 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4199 // the list of promotable allocas.
4200 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4201
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004202 do {
4203 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4204 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4205 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004206
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004207 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4208 // continue processing them.
4209 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004210 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004211 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4212 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004213 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4214 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004215 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004216 PromotableAllocas.end());
4217 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4218 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004219 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004220
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004221 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4222
4223 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4224 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4225 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004226
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004227 // FIXME: Even when promoting allocas we should preserve some abstract set of
4228 // CFG-specific analyses.
4229 return Changed ? PreservedAnalyses::none() : PreservedAnalyses::all();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004230}
4231
Chandler Carruthb47f8012016-03-11 11:05:24 +00004232PreservedAnalyses SROA::run(Function &F, AnalysisManager<Function> &AM) {
4233 return runImpl(F, AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
4234 AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004235}
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004236
4237/// A legacy pass for the legacy pass manager that wraps the \c SROA pass.
4238///
4239/// This is in the llvm namespace purely to allow it to be a friend of the \c
4240/// SROA pass.
4241class llvm::sroa::SROALegacyPass : public FunctionPass {
4242 /// The SROA implementation.
4243 SROA Impl;
4244
4245public:
4246 SROALegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
4247 initializeSROALegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
4248 }
4249 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
4250 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
4251 return false;
4252
4253 auto PA = Impl.runImpl(
4254 F, getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
4255 getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F));
4256 return !PA.areAllPreserved();
4257 }
4258 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
4259 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
4260 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
4261 AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>();
4262 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4263 }
4264
4265 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
4266 static char ID;
4267};
4268
4269char SROALegacyPass::ID = 0;
4270
4271FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass() { return new SROALegacyPass(); }
4272
4273INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROALegacyPass, "sroa",
4274 "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false, false)
4275INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
4276INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
4277INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROALegacyPass, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates",
4278 false, false)